1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
70 #include "character.h"
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
106 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
109 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
110 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
113 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
115 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
116 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
121 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
123 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
124 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
126 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
129 #if defined USE_MOTIF
130 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
131 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
132 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
138 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
140 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
141 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
143 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
144 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
145 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
146 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
148 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
150 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
151 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
152 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
157 #ifndef XtNinitialState
158 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
162 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
166 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
171 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
173 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
175 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
178 static int any_help_event_p
;
180 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
181 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
183 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
185 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
187 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
189 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
191 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
194 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
196 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
197 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
198 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
199 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
201 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
203 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
204 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
205 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
206 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
208 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
210 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
212 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
215 /* The application context for Xt use. */
216 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
217 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
218 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
220 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
222 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
224 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
225 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
227 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
229 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
230 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
231 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
233 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
237 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
238 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
239 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
240 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
242 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
244 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
245 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
246 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
247 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
248 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
249 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
250 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
251 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
252 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
255 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
257 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
258 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
259 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
261 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
263 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
264 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
267 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
268 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
271 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
273 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
274 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
275 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
276 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
277 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
278 it's somewhat accurate. */
280 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
282 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
284 static Time last_user_time
;
286 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
290 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
292 static int input_signal_count
;
295 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
297 static int x_noop_count
;
299 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
301 extern char **initial_argv
;
302 extern int initial_argc
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
306 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
308 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
314 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
316 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
318 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
320 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
321 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
322 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
324 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
325 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
327 /* Used in x_flush. */
329 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
331 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
332 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
334 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
335 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
336 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
337 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
339 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
340 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
341 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
342 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
343 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
347 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
348 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
352 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
353 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
354 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
355 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
356 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
358 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
359 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
360 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
362 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
363 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
364 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
365 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
366 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
367 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
368 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
369 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
370 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
372 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
374 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
375 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
376 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
378 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
379 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
382 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
388 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
389 connection may be broken. */
390 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
396 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
397 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
398 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
399 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
401 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
402 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
407 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
408 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
409 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
410 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
411 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
414 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
417 /***********************************************************************
419 ***********************************************************************/
423 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
424 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
432 struct record event_record
[100];
434 int event_record_index
;
436 record_event (locus
, type
)
440 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
441 event_record_index
= 0;
443 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
444 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
445 event_record_index
++;
452 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
454 struct x_display_info
*
455 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
460 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
461 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
469 /***********************************************************************
470 Starting and ending an update
471 ***********************************************************************/
473 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
474 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
475 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
476 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
477 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
487 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
488 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
492 x_update_window_begin (w
)
495 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
496 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
499 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
503 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
505 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
506 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
508 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
510 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
511 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
513 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
514 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
515 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
516 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
517 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
518 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
520 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
521 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
522 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
523 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
524 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
525 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
526 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
530 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
531 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
534 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
535 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
544 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
547 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
551 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
554 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
556 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
559 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
560 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
563 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
565 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
566 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
568 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
569 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
570 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
572 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
573 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
577 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
579 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
581 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
583 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
588 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
590 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
592 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
593 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
598 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
599 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
600 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
602 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
603 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
604 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
607 updated_window
= NULL
;
611 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
618 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
619 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
623 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
629 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
630 complete update has been performed. The global variable
631 updated_window is not available here. */
634 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
641 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
642 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
645 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
646 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
647 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
648 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
649 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
656 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
657 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
658 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
659 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
660 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
661 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
664 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
665 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
667 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
673 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
674 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
676 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
677 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
678 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
679 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
680 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
681 overhead is very small. */
682 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
683 && desired_row
->full_width_p
684 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
685 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
687 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
690 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
692 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
693 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
694 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
698 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
699 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
700 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
701 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
702 y
, width
, height
, False
);
708 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
710 struct glyph_row
*row
;
711 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
713 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
714 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
715 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
716 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
717 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
720 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
721 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
724 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
727 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
728 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
729 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
730 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
732 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
735 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
739 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
741 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
742 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
743 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
744 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
746 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
748 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
750 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
751 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
752 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
753 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
754 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
755 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
756 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
757 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
759 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
763 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
764 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
765 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
769 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
770 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
771 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
772 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
776 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
778 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
779 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
781 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
786 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
788 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
789 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
791 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
792 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
797 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
798 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
801 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
807 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
808 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
812 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
814 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
816 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
818 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
820 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
821 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
823 face
->background
, depth
);
827 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
828 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
831 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
832 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
833 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
834 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
837 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
838 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
839 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
843 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
844 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
845 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
849 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
854 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
855 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
856 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
860 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
864 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
865 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
868 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
874 /***********************************************************************
876 ***********************************************************************/
878 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
880 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
881 struct charset
*, int *));
884 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
885 is not contained in the font. */
888 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
891 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
893 /* The result metric information. */
894 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
896 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
898 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
900 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
902 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
903 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
904 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
905 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
906 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
907 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
908 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
909 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
910 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
911 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
915 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
916 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
917 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
918 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
920 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
921 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
925 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
927 \ = integer modulus */
928 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
929 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
930 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
931 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
933 pcm
= (font
->per_char
934 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
935 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
936 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
942 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
943 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
944 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
945 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
946 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
947 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
951 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
956 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
957 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
960 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
963 struct font_info
*font_info
;
964 struct charset
*charset
;
967 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
969 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
970 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
972 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
974 /* It's a program. */
975 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
977 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
978 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
980 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
981 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
986 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
987 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
988 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
991 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
993 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
995 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
996 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
998 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
1000 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
1002 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1003 encoding numbers. */
1004 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
1006 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1007 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1008 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
1010 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
1011 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
1015 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
1017 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
1022 /***********************************************************************
1024 ***********************************************************************/
1028 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1029 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1030 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
1032 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1033 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1034 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1035 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1036 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1037 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1038 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1039 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1040 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1041 unsigned long *, double, int));
1042 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1043 double, int, unsigned long));
1044 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1045 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1046 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1047 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
1048 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
1049 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
1051 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1052 int, int, int, int, int, int,
1054 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1055 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
1058 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
1062 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1067 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1069 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1070 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1071 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1073 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1076 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1080 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1081 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1083 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1084 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1087 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1088 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1089 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1091 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1092 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1093 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1095 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1096 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1099 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1100 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1101 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1102 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1104 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1105 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1108 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1109 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1111 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1116 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1119 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1120 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1126 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1127 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1129 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1131 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1132 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1134 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1135 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1136 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1138 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1139 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1140 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1141 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1142 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1143 /* No need of setting a font for s->gc. */
1144 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1145 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1148 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1153 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1154 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1155 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1156 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1157 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1158 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1160 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1161 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1164 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1165 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1167 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1170 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1174 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1175 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1176 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1179 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1182 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1186 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1187 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1191 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1192 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1194 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1196 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1198 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1199 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1201 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1203 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1204 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1206 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1208 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1211 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1213 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1214 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1216 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1217 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1219 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1220 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1224 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1225 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1228 /* GC must have been set. */
1229 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1233 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1234 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1237 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1238 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1240 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1241 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1245 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1248 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1249 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1255 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1256 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1260 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1261 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1265 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1266 if (enable_font_backend
)
1269 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1271 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1277 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1278 struct glyph_string
*clip_head
= src
->clip_head
;
1279 struct glyph_string
*clip_tail
= src
->clip_tail
;
1281 /* This foces clipping just this glyph string. */
1282 src
->clip_head
= src
->clip_tail
= src
;
1283 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (src
, &r
);
1284 src
->clip_head
= clip_head
, src
->clip_tail
= clip_tail
;
1285 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1287 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1288 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1293 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1296 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1297 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1300 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1303 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1305 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1306 if (enable_font_backend
)
1308 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1309 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1310 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1313 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1314 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1315 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1316 cs
.rbearing
= metrics
.rbearing
;
1317 cs
.lbearing
= metrics
.lbearing
;
1318 cs
.width
= metrics
.width
;
1321 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1322 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1323 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1324 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1325 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1329 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1330 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1335 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1338 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1339 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1343 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1344 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1345 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1346 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1350 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1351 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1352 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1353 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1354 contains the first component of a composition. */
1357 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1358 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1361 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1362 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1363 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1365 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1369 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1370 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1371 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1372 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1373 s
->background_width
,
1374 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1375 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1376 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1378 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1379 || s
->font_not_found_p
1380 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1383 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1384 s
->background_width
,
1385 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1386 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1392 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1395 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1396 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1400 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1401 of S to the right of that box line. */
1402 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1403 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1404 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1408 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1410 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1412 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1414 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1415 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1416 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1418 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1421 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1422 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1424 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1425 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1428 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1429 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1431 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1433 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1434 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1436 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1437 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1438 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1440 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1443 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1444 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1446 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1447 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1449 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1451 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1452 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1454 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1455 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1456 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1457 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1458 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1460 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1462 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1464 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1465 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1467 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1468 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1473 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1474 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1476 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1477 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1480 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1482 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1483 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1485 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1486 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1488 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1489 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1494 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1497 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1498 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1502 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1503 of S to the right of that box line. */
1504 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1505 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1506 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1510 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1511 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1512 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1513 this composition. */
1515 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1516 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1517 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1520 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1521 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1523 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
1524 else if (enable_font_backend
)
1526 struct font
*font
= (struct font
*) s
->font_info
;
1530 if (s
->cmp
->method
== COMPOSITION_WITH_GLYPH_STRING
)
1532 Lisp_Object gstring
= AREF (XHASH_TABLE (composition_hash_table
)
1534 s
->cmp
->hash_index
* 2);
1537 for (i
= from
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1539 Lisp_Object g
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1540 Lisp_Object adjustment
= LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (g
);
1541 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1543 if (! VECTORP (adjustment
))
1545 width
+= XINT (LGLYPH_WIDTH (g
));
1550 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1553 xoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 0));
1554 yoff
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 1));
1555 wadjust
= XINT (AREF (adjustment
, 2));
1557 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1558 x
+= XINT (LGLYPH_WIDTH (g
)) + wadjust
;
1563 font
->driver
->draw (s
, from
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1567 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1568 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1570 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1571 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1573 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1574 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1575 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1579 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
1582 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->gidx
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1585 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1586 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2],
1587 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1],
1589 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1590 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1591 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2] + 1,
1592 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1],
1599 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1601 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1602 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1603 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1604 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1605 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1608 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1609 cannot be determined. */
1611 static struct frame
*
1612 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1615 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1619 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1621 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1622 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1623 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1624 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1625 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1626 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1628 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1629 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1630 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1631 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1632 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1634 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1635 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1636 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1643 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1644 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1645 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1646 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1649 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1654 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1655 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1659 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1660 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1661 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1662 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1663 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1664 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1667 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1671 unsigned long *pixel
;
1675 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1676 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1680 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1681 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1683 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1685 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1687 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1692 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1693 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1695 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1698 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1700 DPY is the display we are working on.
1702 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1703 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1704 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1705 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1707 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1708 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1710 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1711 we allocated the color or not.
1713 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1716 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1720 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1721 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1731 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1732 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1734 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1738 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1739 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1740 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1742 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1744 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1745 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1747 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1749 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1750 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1752 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1753 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1755 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1756 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1761 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1763 params
[0] = color_name
;
1764 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1765 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1766 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1771 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1773 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1775 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1779 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1783 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1784 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1787 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1792 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1793 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1794 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1796 APP is the application context in which we work.
1798 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1799 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1800 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1802 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1805 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1814 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1816 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1819 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1821 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1822 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1823 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1824 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1825 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1830 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1833 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1834 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1835 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1836 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1838 static const XColor
*
1839 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1843 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1845 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1847 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1850 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1851 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1852 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1853 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1854 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1856 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1857 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1859 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1860 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1863 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1864 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1868 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1869 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1872 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1877 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1879 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1882 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1884 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1885 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1886 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1887 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1891 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1895 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1896 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1899 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1903 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1907 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1908 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1909 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1913 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1920 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1923 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1924 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1925 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1926 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1928 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1930 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1932 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1934 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1935 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1936 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1937 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1939 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1942 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1946 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1947 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1948 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1949 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1953 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1954 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1955 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1956 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1957 XColor
*cached_color
;
1959 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1960 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1961 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1962 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1963 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1965 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1966 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1967 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1971 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1973 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1974 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1980 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1981 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1982 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1986 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1991 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1992 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1996 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1997 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1998 get color reference counts right. */
2001 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
2003 unsigned long pixel
;
2007 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2009 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2010 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2012 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2013 register_color (pixel
);
2019 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2020 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2021 get color reference counts right. */
2024 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
2027 unsigned long pixel
;
2031 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2033 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
2034 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
2036 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2037 register_color (pixel
);
2043 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2046 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2047 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2048 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2049 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2050 use an additional additive factor.
2052 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2053 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2054 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2057 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2058 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2059 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2060 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2061 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2062 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2065 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
2069 unsigned long *pixel
;
2077 /* Get RGB color values. */
2078 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2079 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2081 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2082 xassert (factor
>= 0);
2083 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2084 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2085 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2087 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2088 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2090 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2091 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2092 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2093 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2094 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2096 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2097 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2098 /* The additive adjustment. */
2099 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2103 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2104 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2105 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2109 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2110 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2111 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2115 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2116 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2119 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2121 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2122 delta to the RGB values. */
2123 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2125 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2126 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2127 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2128 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2139 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2140 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2141 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2142 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2143 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2144 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2147 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
2149 struct relief
*relief
;
2152 unsigned long default_pixel
;
2155 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2156 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2157 unsigned long pixel
;
2158 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2159 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2160 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2161 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2163 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2164 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2166 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2167 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2168 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2170 && relief
->allocated_p
)
2172 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2173 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
2176 /* Allocate new color. */
2177 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2179 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2180 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2182 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
2183 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2186 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2188 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2190 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2193 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2197 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2200 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2201 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2203 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2204 unsigned long color
;
2206 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2207 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2208 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2210 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2211 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2216 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2217 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2218 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2221 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2222 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2224 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2225 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2226 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2227 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2228 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2233 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2234 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2235 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2236 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2237 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2238 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2242 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2243 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2245 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2246 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2247 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2249 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2250 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2255 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2257 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2258 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2262 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2263 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2264 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2265 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2269 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2270 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2271 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2273 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2275 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2277 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2278 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2282 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2283 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2284 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2285 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2289 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2290 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2291 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2293 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2297 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2298 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2299 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2300 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2301 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2302 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2305 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2306 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2307 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2308 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2309 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2313 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2314 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2315 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2318 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2319 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2323 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2324 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2327 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2328 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2332 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2333 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2335 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2336 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2340 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2343 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2344 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2346 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2347 int left_p
, right_p
;
2348 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2349 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2351 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2352 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2353 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2355 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2356 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2358 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2360 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2361 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2363 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2365 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2367 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2369 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2370 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2372 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2373 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2374 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2376 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2378 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2380 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2381 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2382 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2385 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2386 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2387 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2392 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2395 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2396 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2399 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2401 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2402 right of that line. */
2403 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2404 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2406 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2408 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2410 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2411 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2412 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2413 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2419 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2420 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2421 trust on the shape extension to be available
2422 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2424 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2427 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2429 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2430 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2431 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2432 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2433 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2435 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2438 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2439 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2440 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2441 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2442 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2443 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2447 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2449 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2452 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2453 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2454 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2455 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2456 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2457 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2459 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2460 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2461 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2462 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2463 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2464 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2465 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2467 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2469 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2471 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2472 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2477 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2478 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2479 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2483 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2486 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2487 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2489 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2492 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2494 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2495 right of that line. */
2496 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2497 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2499 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2501 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2503 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2504 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2505 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2506 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2508 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2509 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2511 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2512 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2516 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2517 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2522 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2523 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2525 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2526 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2527 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2529 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2531 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2536 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2539 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2540 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2544 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2546 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2547 right of that line. */
2548 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2549 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2551 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2553 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2555 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2556 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2557 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2558 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2564 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2565 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2566 trust on the shape extension to be available
2567 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2569 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2573 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2574 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2575 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2576 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2577 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2579 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2580 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2581 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2582 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2586 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2587 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2588 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2590 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2591 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2592 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2593 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2594 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2595 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2596 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2598 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2600 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2601 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2602 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2607 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2608 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2609 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2613 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2614 give the rectangle to draw. */
2617 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2618 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2623 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2624 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2625 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2626 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2629 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2633 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2636 s->x +-------------------------
2639 | +-------------------------
2642 | | +-------------------
2648 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2649 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2651 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2652 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2654 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2657 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2658 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2659 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2660 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2662 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2663 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2665 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2666 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2670 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2671 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2675 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2676 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2677 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2678 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2679 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2681 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2682 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2683 s
->background_width
,
2686 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2688 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2690 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2693 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2694 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2695 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2696 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2697 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2698 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2699 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2704 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2706 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2707 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2708 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2709 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2717 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2719 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2721 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2722 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2724 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2727 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2730 /* Draw the foreground. */
2733 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2734 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2735 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2736 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2737 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2740 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2742 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2744 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2745 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2746 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2750 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2753 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2754 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2756 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2758 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2759 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2761 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2762 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2763 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2764 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2768 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2771 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2774 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2776 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2777 if (width
< background_width
)
2780 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2785 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2786 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2788 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2794 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2795 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2797 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2799 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2800 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2801 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2802 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2807 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2808 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2809 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2810 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2814 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2816 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2817 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2819 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2820 except for header line and mode line. */
2821 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2823 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2826 if (background_width
> 0)
2827 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2830 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2834 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2837 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2838 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2840 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2842 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2843 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2844 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2845 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2848 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2850 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
; next
;
2851 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2852 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2854 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2855 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2856 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2857 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2858 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2859 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
2863 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2864 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2866 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2867 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2868 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2869 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2870 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2871 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2874 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2875 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2876 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2877 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2880 else if ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2881 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
))
2882 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2883 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2884 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2885 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2887 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2889 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2892 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2896 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2900 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2901 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2903 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2904 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2907 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2908 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2909 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2911 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2912 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2919 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2921 /* Draw underline. */
2922 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2924 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2927 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2928 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2929 if (enable_font_backend
)
2930 /* In the future, we must use information of font. */
2933 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
2934 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2937 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
2938 if (enable_font_backend
)
2941 /* In the future, we must use information of font. */
2942 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2944 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2949 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2950 if (!x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2952 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2953 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2954 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2955 specs, and its default is
2957 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2958 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2960 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2961 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2962 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2963 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2964 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2968 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2969 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2970 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2974 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2975 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2976 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2977 s
->x
, y
, s
->background_width
, h
);
2978 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2982 /* Draw overline. */
2983 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2985 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2987 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2988 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2989 s
->background_width
, h
);
2993 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2994 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2995 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2996 s
->background_width
, h
);
2997 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3001 /* Draw strike-through. */
3002 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3004 unsigned long h
= 1;
3005 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3007 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3008 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3013 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3014 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3015 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3017 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3021 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3022 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3023 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3027 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3029 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3030 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3031 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3033 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3034 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3035 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3038 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3039 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3040 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3041 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3043 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3044 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
3046 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3047 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3048 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3054 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3056 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3057 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3058 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3060 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3061 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3062 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3065 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3066 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3067 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3068 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3070 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3071 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
3073 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3074 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3075 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3080 /* Reset clipping. */
3081 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3082 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
3084 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
3087 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3090 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
3092 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
3094 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3095 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3096 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3100 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3104 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
3112 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3113 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3116 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
3123 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3124 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3128 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3131 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3133 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3135 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3136 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3137 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3139 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3140 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3142 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3144 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
3145 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
3146 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3148 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3155 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3157 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
3158 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
3160 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3163 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
3164 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
3167 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
3168 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
3170 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
3171 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
3172 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3174 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3175 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3179 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3181 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3182 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3186 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3188 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3189 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3191 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3193 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3205 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3206 pixels into background pixels. */
3210 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3211 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3212 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3214 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3215 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3219 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3220 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3221 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3222 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3223 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3224 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3225 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3229 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3230 edge it is next to. */
3231 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3233 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3234 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3237 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3238 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3245 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3247 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3248 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3250 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3252 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3253 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3254 width
, flash_height
);
3255 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3257 (height
- flash_height
3258 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3259 width
, flash_height
);
3262 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3263 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3264 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3265 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3270 struct timeval wakeup
;
3272 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3274 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3275 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3276 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3277 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3279 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3281 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3283 struct timeval current
;
3284 struct timeval timeout
;
3286 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3288 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3289 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3292 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3294 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3296 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3297 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3301 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3302 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3304 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3306 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3307 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3308 width
, flash_height
);
3309 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3311 (height
- flash_height
3312 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3313 width
, flash_height
);
3316 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3317 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3318 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3319 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3321 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3329 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3332 /* Make audible bell. */
3337 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3339 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3341 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3348 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3349 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3356 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3357 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3358 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3359 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3362 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3365 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3370 /***********************************************************************
3372 ***********************************************************************/
3374 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3375 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3378 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3386 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3389 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3393 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3394 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3396 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3397 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3399 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3401 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3402 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3403 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3407 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3408 line at the bottom. */
3409 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3410 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3412 height
= run
->height
;
3416 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3418 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3419 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3421 height
= run
->height
;
3426 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3430 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3431 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3432 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3442 /***********************************************************************
3444 ***********************************************************************/
3451 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3452 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3453 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3454 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3456 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3457 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3459 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3463 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3466 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3467 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3468 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3469 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3471 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3472 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3474 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3477 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3478 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3479 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3480 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3481 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3484 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3485 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3486 struct frame
*frame
;
3488 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3490 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3492 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3493 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3494 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3496 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3497 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3500 selected_frame
= frame
;
3501 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3503 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3504 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3507 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3508 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3510 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3513 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3516 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3517 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3518 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3521 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3524 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3525 struct frame
*frame
;
3526 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3528 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3530 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3532 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3533 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3535 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3536 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3537 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3538 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3539 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3541 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3542 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3546 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3549 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3550 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3553 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3555 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3557 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3559 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3560 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3564 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3565 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3570 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3571 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3573 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3576 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3579 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3581 struct frame
*frame
;
3583 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3587 switch (event
->type
)
3592 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3594 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3596 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3597 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3598 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3599 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3601 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3607 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3608 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3609 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3610 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3616 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3619 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3620 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3622 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3625 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3626 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3627 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3629 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3630 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3631 the appropriate X display info. */
3634 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3635 struct frame
*frame
;
3637 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3641 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3644 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3646 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3648 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3649 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3650 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3651 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3652 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3654 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3655 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3659 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3661 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3664 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3665 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3666 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3672 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3674 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3676 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3677 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3679 int min_code
, max_code
;
3682 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3684 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3685 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3686 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3687 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3688 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3690 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3692 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3693 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3695 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3697 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3698 Alt keysyms are on. */
3700 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3701 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3703 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3705 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3706 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3708 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3710 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3714 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3718 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3720 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3726 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3727 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3732 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3733 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3738 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3739 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3740 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3741 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3746 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3747 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3748 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3749 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3753 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3754 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3755 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3756 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3757 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3766 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3767 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3769 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3770 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3773 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3774 make them just meta, not alt. */
3775 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3777 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3780 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3781 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3784 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3788 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3789 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3792 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3793 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3794 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3795 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3798 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3799 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3800 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3801 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3802 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3803 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3804 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3805 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3808 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3809 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3810 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3811 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3812 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3813 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3817 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3818 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3821 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3822 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3823 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3824 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3828 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3829 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3830 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3831 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3832 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3833 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3834 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3835 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3838 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3839 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3840 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3841 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3842 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3843 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3846 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3849 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3855 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3863 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3865 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3867 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3871 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3872 struct input_event
*result
;
3873 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3876 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3878 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3879 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3880 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3881 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3883 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3887 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3888 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3889 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3895 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3896 The input handler calls this.
3898 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3899 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3900 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3901 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3903 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3904 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3907 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3909 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3911 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3912 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3913 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3915 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3918 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3920 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3921 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3922 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3923 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3928 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3929 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3930 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3931 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3932 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3933 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3935 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3936 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3937 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3938 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3939 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3940 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3948 /************************************************************************
3950 ************************************************************************/
3953 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3955 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3956 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3957 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3958 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3959 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3964 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3965 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3967 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3968 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3969 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3970 position on the scroll bar.
3972 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3973 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3976 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3977 was at this position.
3979 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3981 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3985 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3988 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3989 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3991 unsigned long *time
;
3997 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3998 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
4004 Window dummy_window
;
4007 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4009 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4010 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4011 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4012 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4013 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
4015 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4017 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4018 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4019 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4021 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4024 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4025 a different screen. */
4028 /* The position on that root window. */
4031 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4034 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4036 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4038 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4039 containing the pointer. */
4043 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4047 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4048 structure is changing at the same time this function
4049 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4051 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4053 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
4054 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
4056 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4057 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4058 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4060 /* From-window, to-window. */
4061 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
4063 /* From-position, to-position. */
4064 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4068 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
4074 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4076 /* From-window, to-window. */
4079 /* From-position, to-position. */
4080 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4085 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4093 /* Now we know that:
4094 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4095 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4096 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4097 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4098 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4099 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4100 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4101 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4102 never use them in that case.) */
4104 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4105 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4107 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4108 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4111 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4112 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4114 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4117 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4120 x_uncatch_errors ();
4122 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4125 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4127 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4131 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4137 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4138 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4142 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4143 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4144 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4145 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4146 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4147 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4148 the frame are divided into. */
4150 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4151 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4156 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4157 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4158 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4168 /***********************************************************************
4170 ***********************************************************************/
4172 /* Scroll bar support. */
4174 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4176 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4179 static struct scroll_bar
*
4180 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4186 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4187 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4188 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4190 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4192 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4194 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4195 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4196 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4199 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4202 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4204 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4205 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4206 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4207 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4208 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4211 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4212 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
4213 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4214 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4221 #if defined USE_LUCID
4223 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4224 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4227 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4232 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4234 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4236 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4237 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4239 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4247 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4250 /************************************************************************
4252 ************************************************************************/
4254 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4256 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4257 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4258 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4259 struct scroll_bar
*));
4260 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4264 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4265 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4267 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4269 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4271 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4273 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4274 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4277 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4279 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4281 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4283 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4284 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4285 to avoid jerkyness. */
4287 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4289 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4290 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4291 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4292 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4295 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4298 XtPointer client_data
;
4302 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4308 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4309 end_action
= "Release";
4310 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4311 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4312 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4313 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4316 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4317 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4321 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4322 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4323 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4325 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4327 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4328 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4329 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4331 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4332 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4334 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4335 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4338 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4340 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4341 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4343 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4344 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4347 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4348 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4349 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4350 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4353 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4355 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4358 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4359 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4360 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4365 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4366 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4367 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4368 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4369 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4372 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4373 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4374 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4375 into that array in the event. */
4376 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4377 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4380 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4382 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4383 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4384 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4386 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4388 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4389 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4392 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4393 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4394 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4395 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4396 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4397 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4399 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4400 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4401 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4402 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4405 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4406 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4407 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4408 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4413 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4417 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4419 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4421 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4426 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4427 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4429 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4430 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4432 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4433 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4436 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4438 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4440 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4441 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4442 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4443 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4444 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4450 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4452 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4455 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4456 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4457 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4460 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4462 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4464 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4465 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4466 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4470 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4471 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4472 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4475 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4476 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4477 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4480 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4481 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4482 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4485 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4486 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4487 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4491 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4492 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4495 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4496 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4497 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4504 /* Get the slider size. */
4506 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4509 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4510 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4511 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4512 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4516 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4522 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4523 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4524 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4529 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4531 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4532 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4535 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4539 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4545 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4546 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4548 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4550 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4553 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4555 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4561 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4563 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4565 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4567 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4568 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4570 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4572 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4573 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4575 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4577 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4578 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4580 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4582 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4583 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4587 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4588 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4589 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4590 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4595 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4596 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4597 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4601 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4603 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4604 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4605 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4609 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4611 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4613 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4614 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4616 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4619 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4621 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4625 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4627 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4628 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4629 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4630 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4631 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4633 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4635 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4637 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4638 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4639 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4640 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4644 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4645 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4646 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4647 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4648 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4649 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4650 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4653 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4655 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4657 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4658 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4659 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4663 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4665 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4668 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4669 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4671 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4672 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4673 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4674 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4676 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4678 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4679 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4680 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4681 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4684 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4685 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4687 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4689 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4690 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4694 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4696 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4698 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4701 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4706 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4709 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4711 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4717 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4718 unsigned long pixel
;
4723 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4724 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4725 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4726 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4727 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4728 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4729 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4730 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4732 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4735 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4739 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4742 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4746 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4747 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4749 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4750 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4752 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4754 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4756 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4758 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4760 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4762 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4765 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4766 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4768 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4769 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4770 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4771 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4773 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4775 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4776 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4777 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4778 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4779 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4780 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4781 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4782 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4784 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4787 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4791 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4794 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4798 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4800 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4801 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4803 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4804 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4805 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4807 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4809 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4811 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4812 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4813 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4815 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4818 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4819 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4820 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4821 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4822 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4823 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4825 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4829 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4830 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4831 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4833 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4835 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4838 /* Specify the colors. */
4839 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4842 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4845 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4848 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4854 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4855 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4859 char *val
= initial
;
4860 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4861 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4862 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4864 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4865 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4866 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4867 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4868 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4869 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4873 /* Define callbacks. */
4874 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4875 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4878 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4879 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4881 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4883 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4884 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4885 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4886 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4888 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4889 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4890 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4891 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4895 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4898 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4899 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4903 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4904 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4905 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4907 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4910 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4912 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4913 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4914 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4916 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4917 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4924 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4925 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4926 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4927 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4928 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4929 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4930 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4931 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4932 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4933 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4934 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4935 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4936 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4937 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4944 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4945 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4948 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4952 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4953 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4955 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4956 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4957 size
= max (size
, 1);
4959 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4960 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4961 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4963 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4965 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4971 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4972 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4976 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4978 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4979 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4980 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4984 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4985 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4986 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4989 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4990 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4992 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4993 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4994 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4995 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4997 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4998 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5001 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
5002 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
5003 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
5005 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
5009 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5013 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5015 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5019 /************************************************************************
5020 Scroll bars, general
5021 ************************************************************************/
5023 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
5024 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
5025 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
5028 static struct scroll_bar
*
5029 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
5031 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
5033 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5034 struct scroll_bar
*bar
5035 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
5039 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5040 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
5041 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5043 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5047 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5048 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5049 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5051 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5052 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5054 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5056 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5058 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5059 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5060 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5061 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5062 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5064 window_box_height (w
), False
);
5066 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5067 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5068 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5070 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5072 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5079 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
5081 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5083 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5084 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5085 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
5086 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
5087 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5088 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
5089 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
5090 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5091 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5092 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= Qnil
;
5095 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5096 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5098 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5099 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5100 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5102 /* Map the window/widget. */
5103 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5106 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5107 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5109 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5110 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5112 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5113 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5114 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5115 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5116 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5118 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5119 max (height
, 1), 0);
5120 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5121 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5123 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5124 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5125 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5132 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5134 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5135 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5136 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5139 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5140 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5141 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5142 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5143 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5145 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5148 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5149 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5153 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5154 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5155 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5156 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5158 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5160 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
5161 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
5167 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
5168 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5169 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5171 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5172 the distance between start and end. */
5174 int length
= end
- start
;
5178 else if (start
> top_range
)
5180 end
= start
+ length
;
5184 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5188 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5189 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
5190 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
5192 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5193 if (end
> top_range
)
5196 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5197 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5198 that many pixels tall. */
5199 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5201 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5202 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5204 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5205 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5206 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5207 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5208 inside_width
, start
,
5211 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5212 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5213 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5214 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5216 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5217 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5218 /* x, y, width, height */
5219 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5220 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5221 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5223 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5224 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5225 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5226 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5228 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5229 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5230 if (end
< inside_height
)
5231 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5232 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5233 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5234 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5235 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5243 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5245 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5249 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5250 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5252 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5255 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5257 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5258 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5259 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5260 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5262 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5265 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5266 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5272 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5273 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5274 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5278 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5280 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5282 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5283 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5284 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5285 int window_y
, window_height
;
5286 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5287 int fringe_extended_p
;
5290 /* Get window dimensions. */
5291 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5293 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5294 height
= window_height
;
5296 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5297 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5299 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5300 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5301 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5302 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5306 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5307 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5308 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5309 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5311 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5313 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5314 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5319 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5320 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5321 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5322 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5323 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5324 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5326 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5327 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5328 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5329 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5332 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5333 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5335 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5338 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5339 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5340 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5341 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5344 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5345 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5349 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5353 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5354 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5356 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5360 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5362 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5364 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5366 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5369 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5371 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5372 if (mask
|| !NILP (bar
->fringe_extended_p
) != fringe_extended_p
)
5374 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5375 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5376 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5378 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5379 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5380 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5382 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5383 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5386 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5387 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5389 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5390 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5392 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5393 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5394 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5396 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5397 max (height
, 1), 0);
5398 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5400 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5402 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5403 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5404 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5406 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5407 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5409 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5410 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5411 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5415 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5416 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5417 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5420 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5421 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5422 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5424 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5425 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5426 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5427 rest
, height
, False
);
5429 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5430 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5434 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5439 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5441 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5443 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5447 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5449 /* Remember new settings. */
5450 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5451 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5452 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5453 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5458 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5459 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
? Qt
: Qnil
;
5461 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5462 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5463 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5465 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5467 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5470 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5473 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5474 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5475 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5478 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5480 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5484 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5485 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5486 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5487 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5488 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5489 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5490 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5492 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5493 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5494 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5497 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5500 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5501 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5504 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5505 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5506 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5507 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5508 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5509 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5510 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5515 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5516 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5519 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5520 struct window
*window
;
5522 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5525 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5526 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5529 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5531 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5532 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5533 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5535 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5537 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5538 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5540 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5541 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5542 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5544 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5545 one or the other! */
5549 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5551 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5552 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5554 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5556 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5557 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5558 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5561 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5562 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5565 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5568 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5570 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5572 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5573 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5574 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5576 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5578 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5580 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5583 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5586 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5587 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5591 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5592 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5593 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5595 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5599 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5600 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5603 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5604 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5605 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5606 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5610 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5612 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5613 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5614 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5615 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5617 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5618 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5620 /* x, y, width, height */
5622 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5623 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5625 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5626 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5627 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5628 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5633 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5635 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5636 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5638 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5643 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5644 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5646 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5648 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5651 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5652 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5653 emacs_event
->modifiers
5654 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5655 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5656 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5657 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5660 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5661 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5662 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5665 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5667 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5670 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5671 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5674 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5676 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5677 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5678 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5679 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5681 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5683 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5684 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5685 whether or not we're dragging. */
5687 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5689 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5690 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5691 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5694 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5695 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5696 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5697 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5699 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5700 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5702 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5703 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5707 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5709 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5711 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5712 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5714 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5716 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5719 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5723 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5725 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5727 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5731 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5732 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5735 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5737 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5740 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5742 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5743 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5745 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5746 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5748 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5750 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5752 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5757 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5759 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5760 on the scroll bar. */
5763 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5765 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5766 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5768 unsigned long *time
;
5770 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5771 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5772 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5774 Window dummy_window
;
5776 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5780 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5782 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5784 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5785 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5786 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5788 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5791 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5798 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5801 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5803 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5805 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5806 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5810 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5814 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5816 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5817 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5818 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5819 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5820 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5821 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5823 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5825 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5826 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5829 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5832 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5838 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5839 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5840 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5844 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5847 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5850 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5851 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5852 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5853 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5854 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5855 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5856 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5857 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5859 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5863 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5866 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5867 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5868 sometimes don't work. */
5870 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5873 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5874 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5875 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5876 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5878 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5879 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5881 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5883 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5884 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5886 static int temp_index
;
5887 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5889 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5890 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5892 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5894 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5895 on a particular display. */
5897 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5899 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5900 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5901 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5902 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5904 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5906 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5909 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5910 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5911 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5912 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5913 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5914 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5918 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5919 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5929 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5930 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5931 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5933 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5935 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5939 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5940 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5943 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5944 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5945 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5948 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5949 event
->xclient
.window
);
5951 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5956 static int current_count
;
5957 static int current_finish
;
5958 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5960 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5961 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5962 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5963 static GdkFilterReturn
5964 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5969 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5971 if (current_count
>= 0)
5973 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5975 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5978 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5979 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5980 so we do it here. */
5981 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5982 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5983 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5987 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5991 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5996 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5998 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5999 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
6001 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
6003 #endif /* USE_GTK */
6006 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
6008 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
6009 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
6010 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
6012 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
6015 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
6016 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6019 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6022 struct input_event ie
;
6023 struct selection_input_event sie
;
6028 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
6029 struct coding_system coding
;
6030 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
6032 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6034 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
6035 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
6042 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6043 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
6044 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
6046 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6047 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
6049 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
6050 could be the shell widget window
6051 if the frame has no title bar. */
6052 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6054 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
6055 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
6056 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
6058 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
6059 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
6060 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
6061 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
6062 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
6065 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
6066 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
6067 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
6068 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
6071 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
6072 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
6073 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
6076 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
6077 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
6078 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
6080 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
6081 /* The ICCCM says this is
6082 the only valid choice. */
6084 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
6085 /* This is needed to detect the error
6086 if there is an error. */
6088 x_uncatch_errors ();
6090 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
6095 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6096 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
6098 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
6099 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
6100 the session manager, who's looking for such a
6101 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
6102 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
6103 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
6104 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
6105 session manager and one for this. */
6107 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
6110 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6111 event
.xclient
.window
);
6112 /* This is just so we only give real data once
6113 for a single Emacs process. */
6114 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
6115 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6116 event
.xclient
.window
,
6117 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
6119 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
6120 event
.xclient
.window
,
6126 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
6127 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
6129 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6130 event
.xclient
.window
);
6132 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6134 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6135 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6142 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6143 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6148 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6149 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6152 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6154 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6155 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6159 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6166 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6167 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6169 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6171 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6175 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6177 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6178 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6179 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6180 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6182 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6183 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6184 currently never do because we are interested in
6185 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6186 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6187 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6190 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6191 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6195 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6196 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6197 we construct an input_event. */
6198 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6199 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6201 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6202 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6205 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6207 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6210 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6211 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6215 case SelectionNotify
:
6216 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6217 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6218 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6220 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6221 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6224 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6225 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6226 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6227 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6229 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6231 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6233 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6234 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6235 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6236 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6237 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6241 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6242 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6243 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6244 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6246 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6248 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6249 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6251 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6252 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6253 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6254 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6255 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6256 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6257 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6258 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6262 case PropertyNotify
:
6263 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6264 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6265 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6266 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6267 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6268 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6272 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6275 case ReparentNotify
:
6276 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6280 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6281 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6285 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6286 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6287 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6292 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6295 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6298 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6299 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6300 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6301 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6302 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6305 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6307 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6308 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6309 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6310 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6314 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6315 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6319 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6320 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6322 #if defined USE_LUCID
6323 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6324 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6325 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6328 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6330 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6332 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6334 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6335 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6337 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6338 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6339 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6342 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6343 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6346 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6347 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6351 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6352 source area was obscured or not
6354 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6358 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6359 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6360 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6362 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6365 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6368 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6369 source area was completely
6374 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6375 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6378 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6381 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6382 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6383 the frame was deleted. */
6385 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6386 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6387 display that won't ever be seen. */
6388 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6389 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6390 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6391 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6392 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6393 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6394 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6395 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6397 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6399 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6400 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6406 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6407 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6408 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6411 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6412 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6413 frame is visible. */
6414 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6417 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6418 the frame's display structures.
6419 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6420 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6421 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6422 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6423 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6424 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6426 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6427 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6428 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6432 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6433 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6435 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6436 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6437 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6438 to update the frame titles
6439 in case this is the second frame. */
6440 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6446 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6447 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6449 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6450 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6451 if (popup_activated ())
6455 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6457 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6458 mouse highlighting. */
6459 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6461 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6463 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6464 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6467 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6470 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6471 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6472 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6474 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6476 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6477 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6480 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6484 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6485 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6486 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6489 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6490 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6491 status_return even if the input is too long to
6492 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6493 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6494 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6495 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6496 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6497 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6498 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6500 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6504 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6505 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6506 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6508 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6512 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6513 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6514 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6516 /* This will have to go some day... */
6518 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6519 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6520 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6521 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6522 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6523 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6524 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6526 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6527 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6528 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6529 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6530 not it is combined with Meta. */
6531 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6532 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6537 Status status_return
;
6539 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6540 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6541 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6542 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6544 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6546 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6547 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6548 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6549 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6550 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6553 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6554 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6555 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6556 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6557 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6558 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6559 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6560 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6562 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6564 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6565 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6566 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6569 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6575 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6577 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6582 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6583 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6587 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6588 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6591 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6592 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6596 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6597 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6598 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6601 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6602 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6604 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6605 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6607 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6608 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6610 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6611 translations to characters. */
6612 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6613 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6615 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6616 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6620 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6621 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6623 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6624 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6626 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6627 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6631 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6632 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6633 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6637 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6638 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6639 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6640 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6644 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6645 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6646 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6647 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6648 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6649 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6651 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6652 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6654 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6655 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6656 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6657 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6658 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6659 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6661 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6662 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6664 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6665 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6667 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6668 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6670 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6671 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6673 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6674 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6676 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6677 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6679 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6680 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6682 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6683 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6685 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6686 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6688 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6689 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6691 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6692 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6694 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6695 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6697 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6698 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6700 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6701 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6702 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6703 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6704 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6705 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6706 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6707 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6708 don't have real modifiers but
6709 should be treated similarly to
6710 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6711 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6712 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6714 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6715 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6719 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6720 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6722 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6723 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6727 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6732 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6734 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6736 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6739 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6741 /* Decode the input data. */
6745 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6746 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6747 we used just above and the locale. */
6748 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6749 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6750 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6751 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6752 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6753 gives us composition information. */
6754 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6756 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6757 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6758 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6759 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6760 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6761 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6762 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6763 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6766 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6767 character events. */
6768 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6770 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6771 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6773 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6775 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6776 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6777 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6779 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6782 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6783 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6786 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6788 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6794 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6795 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6803 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6805 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6806 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6814 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6815 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6817 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6819 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6820 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6823 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6825 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6826 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6828 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6830 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6831 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6834 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6835 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6838 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6839 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6840 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6841 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6843 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6844 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6845 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6846 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6851 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6855 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6856 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6858 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6861 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6863 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6864 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6865 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6866 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6869 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6870 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6871 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6872 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6873 if (any_help_event_p
)
6877 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6878 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6879 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6884 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6889 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6890 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6891 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6893 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6894 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6895 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6897 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6899 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6901 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6902 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6908 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6909 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
))
6913 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6914 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6917 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6918 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6919 will be selected only when it is active. */
6920 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6921 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6922 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6923 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6924 create event iff we don't leave the
6926 && (focus_follows_mouse
6927 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6928 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6930 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6931 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6936 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6937 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6941 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6942 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6943 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6944 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6947 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6948 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6950 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6951 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6952 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6955 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6956 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6957 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6958 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6963 case ConfigureNotify
:
6964 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6967 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6969 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6970 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6971 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6972 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6973 do this one, the right one will come later.
6974 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6975 need to reset it below. */
6977 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6978 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6979 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6980 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6985 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6986 is called by the code that handles resizing
6987 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6989 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6990 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6991 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6992 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6993 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6994 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6995 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6997 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6998 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6999 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
7001 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7004 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
7005 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
7008 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
7009 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
7010 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
7011 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
7014 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7016 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
7017 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
7021 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
7022 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7025 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
7027 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
7028 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
7029 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
7030 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
7038 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
7039 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
7042 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
7043 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
7044 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
7046 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
7048 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
7049 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
7051 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
7055 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
7056 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
7057 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
7060 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
7061 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
7063 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
7064 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
7066 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
7068 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7069 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
7071 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
7072 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
7073 event
.xbutton
.state
));
7078 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7079 if (! popup_activated ())
7082 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
7084 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
7085 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
7087 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7088 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
7090 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7091 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7094 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
7099 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7100 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
7101 event
.xbutton
.window
);
7103 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7104 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
7106 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
7108 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7109 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7111 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7113 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
7114 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7117 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7119 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7120 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
7123 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
7126 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
7128 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
7129 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
7130 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
7134 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7135 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
7136 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
7137 don't pass it to Xt right now.
7138 Instead, save it away
7139 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
7140 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
7143 ! popup_activated ()
7146 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
7147 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7148 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7149 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
7150 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7151 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7152 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7153 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7155 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7156 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7158 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7161 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7163 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7167 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
7168 but I am trying to be cautious. */
7169 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7171 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
7173 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
7174 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
7175 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7180 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7183 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7187 case CirculateNotify
:
7190 case CirculateRequest
:
7193 case VisibilityNotify
:
7197 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7199 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7201 case MappingModifier
:
7202 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7203 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7204 case MappingKeyboard
:
7205 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7211 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7213 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7214 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7221 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7223 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7228 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7233 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7239 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7240 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7241 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7245 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7246 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7256 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7257 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7258 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7260 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7262 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7266 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7267 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7269 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7272 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7278 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7279 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7280 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7282 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7283 thus pretending to be `read'.
7285 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7288 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7289 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7291 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7295 int event_found
= 0;
7296 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7298 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7300 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7304 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7307 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7308 input_signal_count
++;
7313 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7314 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7316 struct input_event inev
;
7318 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7319 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7320 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7322 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7329 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7330 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7332 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7333 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7336 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7337 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7338 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7339 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7341 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7343 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7344 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7345 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7346 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7347 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7348 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7351 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7352 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7353 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7354 for X connections. */
7357 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7359 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7360 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7361 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7362 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7364 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7371 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7375 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7378 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7379 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7384 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7385 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7387 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7393 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7394 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7395 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7396 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7398 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7399 from all displays. */
7401 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7403 current_count
= count
;
7404 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7406 gtk_main_iteration ();
7408 count
= current_count
;
7410 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7412 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7415 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7419 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7420 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7423 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7424 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7425 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7427 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7431 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7432 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7434 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7436 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7437 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7441 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7443 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7444 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7446 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7447 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7459 /***********************************************************************
7461 ***********************************************************************/
7463 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7464 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7466 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7467 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7468 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7471 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7473 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7477 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7478 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7479 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7481 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7483 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7484 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7485 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7486 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7487 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7489 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7493 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7496 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7498 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7500 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7501 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7502 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7505 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7508 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7509 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7510 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7511 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7514 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7515 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7516 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7518 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7519 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7520 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7521 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7522 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7524 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7525 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7526 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7528 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7529 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7530 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7531 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7535 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7537 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7538 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7539 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7543 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7545 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7547 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7549 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7550 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7552 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7553 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7555 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7556 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7559 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7560 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7561 the bar might not be in the window. */
7562 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7564 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7565 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7566 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7570 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7571 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7572 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7573 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7574 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7577 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7578 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7579 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7580 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7581 that the glyph is legible. */
7582 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7583 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7585 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7586 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7589 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7592 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7593 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7597 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7598 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7600 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7601 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7603 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7604 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7605 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7606 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7607 width
, row
->height
);
7609 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7610 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7611 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7612 row
->height
- width
),
7613 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7616 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7621 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7624 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7628 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7632 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7635 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7637 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7639 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7640 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7644 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7647 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7649 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7651 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7654 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7658 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7659 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7661 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7662 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7664 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7665 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7668 switch (cursor_type
)
7670 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7671 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7674 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7675 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7679 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7683 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7687 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7695 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7696 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7697 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7702 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7709 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7712 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7718 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7721 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7722 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7723 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7724 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7729 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7730 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7731 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7733 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7734 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7735 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7739 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7740 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7744 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7746 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7749 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7751 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7752 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7753 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7755 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7758 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7759 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7763 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7764 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7768 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7769 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7770 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7771 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7772 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7774 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7777 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7778 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7784 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7785 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7788 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7792 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7797 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7798 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7800 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7801 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7804 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7805 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7806 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7807 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7812 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7814 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7815 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7817 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7818 be called from a signal handler.
7821 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7822 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7824 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7826 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7828 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7829 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7830 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7833 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7837 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7838 x_error_message
->string
,
7839 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7842 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7843 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7846 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7847 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7848 stored in *x_error_message.
7850 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7851 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7853 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7855 void x_check_errors ();
7858 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7861 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7863 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7867 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7868 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7869 x_error_message
= data
;
7872 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7873 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7878 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7882 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7883 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7884 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7885 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7887 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7888 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7893 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7894 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7895 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7898 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7902 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7905 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7907 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7908 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7909 x_uncatch_errors ();
7910 error (format
, string
);
7914 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7915 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7918 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7921 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7924 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7927 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7930 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7933 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7936 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7937 * idea. --lorentey */
7938 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7941 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7943 while (x_error_message
)
7944 x_uncatch_errors ();
7948 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7951 x_catching_errors ()
7953 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7957 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7960 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7965 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7966 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7967 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7968 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7969 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7972 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7973 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7976 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7977 must reestablish each time */
7978 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7983 /************************************************************************
7985 ************************************************************************/
7987 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7989 static char *error_msg
;
7991 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7992 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7993 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7996 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7998 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
8002 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
8003 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
8006 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
8008 char *error_message
;
8010 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
8011 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8012 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
8014 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
8015 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
8016 handling_signal
= 0;
8018 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
8019 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
8020 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
8021 the original message here. */
8022 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8024 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
8025 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
8029 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
8031 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
8032 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
8035 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
8036 that are on the dead display. */
8037 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8039 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
8041 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
8042 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8043 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
8044 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
8045 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8046 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
8049 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
8050 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
8051 for another frame that we need to delete. */
8052 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8053 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
8054 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
8056 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
8057 trying to find a replacement. */
8058 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
8059 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
8062 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
8063 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
8064 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
8066 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
8067 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
8068 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
8070 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
8071 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
8073 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
8074 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
8075 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
8077 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8078 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
8079 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
8082 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
8083 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
8084 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
8085 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
8091 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
8096 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
8097 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
8099 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
8100 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
8101 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
8102 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
8105 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
8108 x_uncatch_errors ();
8110 if (terminal_list
== 0)
8112 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
8113 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
8117 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
8119 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
8121 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
8122 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8124 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
8125 clear_waiting_for_input ();
8126 error ("%s", error_msg
);
8129 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
8130 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
8131 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
8133 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
8134 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
8137 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
8141 if (x_error_message
)
8142 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
8144 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
8148 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
8149 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
8150 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8152 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8154 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
8155 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
8160 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8166 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8167 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8169 static void NO_INLINE
8170 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8174 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8176 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8177 or colors that are not defined. */
8179 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8182 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8183 original error handler. */
8185 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8186 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8187 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8188 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8192 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8193 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8194 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8197 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8202 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8203 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8207 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8209 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
8210 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
8211 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
8212 The return value shows which font we chose. */
8215 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
8217 register char *fontname
;
8219 struct font_info
*fontp
8220 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
8225 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
8226 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8228 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
8230 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
8231 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
8232 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
8234 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
8235 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
8236 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
8238 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8240 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8241 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8243 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8244 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8245 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8249 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8250 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8253 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
8254 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8256 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
8257 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
8258 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
8259 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
8260 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
8261 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
8263 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8264 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8265 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8266 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8267 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8270 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
8273 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
8274 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
8275 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
8276 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
8277 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
8279 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
8280 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
8281 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
8285 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
8287 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
8289 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
8292 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
8293 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
8295 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8296 else if (fontset
== 0)
8297 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
8301 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
8303 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
8305 if (!STRINGP (result
))
8306 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
8310 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
8312 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
8313 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8317 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8318 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8321 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8324 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
8326 x_new_fontset2 (f
, fontset
, font_object
)
8329 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8331 struct font
*font
= XSAVE_VALUE (font_object
)->pointer
;
8333 if (FRAME_FONT_OBJECT (f
) == font
)
8334 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8336 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8340 FRAME_FONT_OBJECT (f
) = font
;
8341 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
->font
.font
;
8342 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->font
.baseline_offset
;
8343 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8345 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->font
.average_width
;
8346 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->font
.space_width
;
8347 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = font
->font
.height
;
8349 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8351 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8352 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8354 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8355 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8356 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8360 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8361 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8364 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
8365 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8367 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8368 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8369 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8370 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8371 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8376 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8377 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8382 return fontset_name (fontset
);
8384 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
8387 /***********************************************************************
8389 ***********************************************************************/
8395 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8396 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8397 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8400 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8402 XPointer client_data
;
8405 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8406 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8410 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8411 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8413 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8414 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8416 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8417 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8421 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8422 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8423 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8427 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8430 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8431 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8434 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8435 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8438 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8439 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8440 char *resource_name
;
8447 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8454 XIMCallback destroy
;
8457 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8458 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8461 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8462 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8463 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8469 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8470 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8474 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8478 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8479 char *resource_name
;
8482 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8483 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8484 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8485 when the callback was registered. */
8488 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8490 XPointer client_data
;
8493 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8494 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8496 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8500 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8502 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8503 as they have no XIC. */
8504 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8506 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8509 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8511 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8514 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8515 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8517 create_frame_xic (f
);
8518 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8519 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8520 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8522 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8523 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8532 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8535 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8536 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8537 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8538 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8541 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8542 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8543 char *resource_name
;
8548 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8549 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8552 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8553 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8554 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8555 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8556 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8557 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8558 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8559 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8560 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8561 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8562 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8563 least, hence the configure test. */
8564 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8565 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8566 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8567 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8568 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8572 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8573 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8577 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8580 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8581 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8586 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8587 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8588 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8590 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8591 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8592 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8593 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8594 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8595 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8597 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8600 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8604 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8605 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8608 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8611 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8613 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8614 is already for the top-left corner. */
8615 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8618 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8619 position that fits on the screen. */
8620 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8621 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8622 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8625 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8627 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8628 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8629 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8631 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8632 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8633 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8634 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8637 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8638 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8640 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8643 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8644 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8647 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8648 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8649 so the flags should correspond. */
8650 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8653 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8654 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8655 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8656 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8657 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8660 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8662 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8665 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8667 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8669 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8670 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8674 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8676 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8678 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8679 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8681 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8684 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8686 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8687 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8689 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8691 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8692 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8693 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8694 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8695 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8698 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8699 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8701 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8702 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8705 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8706 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8707 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8708 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8711 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8712 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8713 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8715 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8716 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8717 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8718 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8719 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8720 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8725 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8726 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8727 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8728 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8729 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fwm_2dspec. */
8732 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8734 const char *atomname
;
8737 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8738 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8740 Window wmcheck_window
;
8741 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8742 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8743 long max_len
= 65536;
8744 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8745 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8746 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8751 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8753 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8754 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8755 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8756 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8757 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8759 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8761 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8762 x_uncatch_errors ();
8767 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8770 /* Check if window exists. */
8771 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8773 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8775 x_uncatch_errors ();
8780 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8782 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8783 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8784 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8785 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8786 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8787 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8789 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8790 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8792 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8793 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8794 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8795 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8797 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8799 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8800 x_uncatch_errors ();
8805 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8806 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8807 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8811 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8813 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8814 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8816 x_uncatch_errors ();
8822 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8825 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8828 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8830 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8831 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8833 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8838 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8839 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8840 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8841 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8842 const char *what
= NULL
;
8844 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8846 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8848 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8850 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8853 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8856 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8861 if (what
!= NULL
&& !wm_supports (f
, what
)) return 0;
8864 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8865 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8867 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8869 (make_unibyte_string (fs
,
8872 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8873 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8875 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8877 (make_unibyte_string (fh
,
8880 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8881 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8883 Fcons (make_number (0), /* Remove */
8885 (make_unibyte_string (fw
,
8888 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8890 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8891 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8893 Fcons (make_number (1), /* Add */
8895 (make_unibyte_string (what
,
8900 return have_net_atom
;
8904 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8907 if (f
->async_visible
)
8910 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
);
8917 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8918 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8920 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8923 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8925 int width
, height
, ign
;
8927 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8930 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8932 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8934 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8935 when setting WM manager hints.
8936 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8937 x_check_expected_move. */
8938 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8940 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8941 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8942 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8944 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8945 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8950 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8951 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8952 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8953 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8954 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8955 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8956 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8959 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8964 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8966 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8967 window manager window around the frame. */
8969 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8971 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8973 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8978 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8979 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8980 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8982 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8984 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8985 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8987 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8988 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8990 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8993 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8994 frame's position. */
8996 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
9000 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
9001 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
9002 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
9003 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
9004 of an exact comparison. */
9007 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
9009 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
9013 while (count
++ < 50)
9015 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
9017 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
9018 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
9021 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9022 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
9026 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
9029 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
9030 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
9033 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
9037 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
9038 will then return up-to-date position info. */
9040 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
9044 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
9045 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
9046 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
9047 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9050 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9055 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
9057 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
9058 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
9059 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
9061 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
9062 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
9063 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
9065 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
9067 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
9068 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
9070 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9071 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
9073 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9074 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9075 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
9077 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9078 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9079 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9080 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9082 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9083 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9084 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9085 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9086 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9088 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9090 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
9091 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
9092 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
9094 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
9095 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
9096 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
9097 we have to make sure to do it here. */
9098 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9100 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9104 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9105 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9106 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9107 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9110 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9118 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9119 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
9121 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9124 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
9126 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
9127 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
9128 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
9129 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
9130 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
9131 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
9132 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
9133 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
9134 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
9137 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9139 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9141 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9143 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9145 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9146 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9148 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9149 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9150 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9151 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9152 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9157 /* Mouse warping. */
9160 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9166 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9167 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9169 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9170 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9172 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9173 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9177 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9178 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9182 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9185 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9191 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9192 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9196 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9199 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9202 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
9206 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9207 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9208 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9209 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9210 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9219 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9220 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9221 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9222 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9226 /* Raise frame F. */
9233 if (f
->async_visible
)
9234 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9236 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9240 /* Lower frame F. */
9246 if (f
->async_visible
)
9249 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9250 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9255 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9258 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9261 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9262 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Standards_2fwm_2dspec */
9264 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9265 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9268 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9269 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9270 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9272 Fcons (make_number (1),
9273 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9279 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9289 /* Change of visibility. */
9291 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9292 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9293 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9294 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9295 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9296 finishes with it. */
9299 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9303 int original_top
, original_left
;
9304 int retry_count
= 2;
9310 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9312 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9314 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9316 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9317 call x_set_offset a second time
9318 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9319 before the window gets really visible. */
9320 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9321 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9322 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9324 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9326 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9327 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9328 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9329 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9330 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9331 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9333 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9334 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9336 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9337 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9338 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9339 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
9340 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
9341 to come back ok without this. */
9342 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
9343 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9347 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9349 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9350 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9351 so that incoming events are handled. */
9355 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9356 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9357 will set it when they are handled. */
9358 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9360 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9361 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9363 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9366 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9368 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9369 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9370 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9371 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9373 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9374 because the window manager may choose the position
9375 and we don't want to override it. */
9377 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9378 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9379 && previously_visible
)
9383 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9387 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9388 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9389 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9390 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9391 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9392 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9393 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9394 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9395 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9397 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9398 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9399 original_left
, original_top
);
9404 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9406 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9407 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9408 MapNotify at all.. */
9409 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9410 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9412 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9415 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9416 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9417 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9418 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9419 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9421 if (input_polling_used ())
9423 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9424 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9425 handler reset it. */
9426 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9427 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9428 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9429 poll_for_input_1 ();
9430 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9433 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9434 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9439 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9443 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9444 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9445 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9446 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9448 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9453 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9455 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9458 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9463 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9464 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9466 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9467 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9468 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9470 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
9471 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
9477 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9478 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9479 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9480 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9481 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9482 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9485 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9486 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9491 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9492 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9494 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9495 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9499 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9500 just by the event that we get from the server.
9501 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9502 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9503 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9505 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9506 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9507 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9514 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9523 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9524 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9525 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9527 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9532 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9534 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9536 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9539 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9541 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9542 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9544 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9547 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9548 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9554 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9556 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9558 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9559 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9560 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9561 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9562 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9563 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9564 so we have to record it here. */
9567 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9568 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9573 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9574 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9575 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9579 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9581 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9582 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9586 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9588 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9590 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9591 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9592 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9593 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9595 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9596 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9598 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9599 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9603 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9604 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9605 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9606 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9607 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9609 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9610 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9612 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9615 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9616 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9620 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9622 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9624 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9626 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9627 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9630 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9631 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9633 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9635 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9639 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9642 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9645 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9647 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9651 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9652 commands to the X server. */
9653 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9655 #ifdef USE_FONT_BACKEND
9656 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9657 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9659 if (enable_font_backend
9660 && FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9661 free_frame_faces (f
);
9662 #endif /* USE_FONT_BACKEND */
9664 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9665 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9667 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9668 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9669 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9670 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9671 toolkit scroll bars. */
9672 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9674 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9675 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9684 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9685 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9687 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9688 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9690 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9691 we are using a toolkit. */
9692 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9693 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9695 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9696 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9699 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9700 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9701 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9703 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9704 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9705 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9707 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9709 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9710 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9711 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9713 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9714 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9715 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9716 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9717 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9718 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9720 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9721 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9722 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9723 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9724 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9725 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9726 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9727 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9728 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9729 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9730 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9731 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9732 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9733 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9734 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9736 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9737 free_frame_faces (f
);
9740 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9743 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9744 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9746 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9747 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9749 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9750 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9751 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9752 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9753 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9754 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9756 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9758 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9759 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9760 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9761 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9762 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9763 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9764 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9771 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9774 x_destroy_window (f
)
9777 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9779 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9780 commands to the X server. */
9781 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9782 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9784 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9788 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9790 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9791 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9792 that the window now has.
9793 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9794 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9795 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9799 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9804 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9806 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9809 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9812 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9814 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9815 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9817 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9818 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9820 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9821 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9822 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9823 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9824 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9825 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9826 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9827 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9828 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9829 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9831 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9832 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9833 size_hints
.max_width
9834 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9835 size_hints
.max_height
9836 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9838 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9840 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9841 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9842 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9844 int base_width
, base_height
;
9845 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9847 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9848 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9850 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9852 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9853 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9854 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9855 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9856 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9858 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9859 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9860 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9862 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9863 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9864 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9865 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9866 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9869 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9872 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9875 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9878 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9879 long supplied_return
;
9882 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9885 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9886 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9887 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9888 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9889 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9893 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9898 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9899 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9900 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9901 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9902 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9903 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9904 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9905 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9909 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9914 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9915 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9919 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9920 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9922 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9924 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9926 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9928 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9931 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9935 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9938 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9939 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9940 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9941 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9943 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9944 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9946 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9947 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9951 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9955 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9957 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9958 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9963 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9964 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9965 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9966 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9970 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9971 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9972 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9973 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9974 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9975 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9976 best to explicitly give up. */
9978 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9979 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9988 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9992 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9996 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9997 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9998 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9999 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
10002 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10004 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
10005 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10007 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
10011 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
10013 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
10015 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10017 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
10018 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
10019 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
10021 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
10025 /***********************************************************************
10027 ***********************************************************************/
10029 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
10032 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
10036 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
10040 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
10042 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
10045 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
10047 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
10048 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
10049 on how many fonts to match. */
10052 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
10054 Lisp_Object pattern
;
10058 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
10059 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
10060 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
10061 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
10062 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10063 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10064 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
10068 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
10072 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
10073 if (NILP (patterns
))
10074 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
10076 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
10077 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
10078 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
10080 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
10083 char **names
= NULL
;
10085 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
10086 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
10087 The cache is an alist of the form:
10088 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
10089 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
10090 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
10091 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10092 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
10095 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
10096 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
10100 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
10103 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10105 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10108 unsigned long value
;
10110 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
10111 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10113 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10114 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10116 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10120 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
10122 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
10123 int len
= strlen (name
);
10126 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
10127 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
10128 string. We must avoid such a name. */
10130 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10134 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
10135 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
10137 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
10138 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
10143 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
10146 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
10149 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10151 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
10152 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
10157 for (limit
= 500;;)
10159 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
10160 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
10163 XFreeFontNames (names
);
10172 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
10175 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10177 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10178 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10180 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10184 x_uncatch_errors ();
10191 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
10192 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
10193 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
10196 char *p
= names
[i
];
10197 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
10199 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
10200 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
10201 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
10202 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
10203 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
10204 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
10209 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
10211 else if (dashes
== 9)
10213 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
10214 average_width
= atoi (p
);
10217 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
10218 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
10220 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
10221 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
10223 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
10224 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
10225 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
10227 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
10228 width of this font. */
10229 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
10231 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
10232 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
10237 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
10240 XFreeFontNames (names
);
10245 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
10246 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10247 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10250 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
10252 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
10253 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
10254 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10260 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
10264 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
10268 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
10270 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
10271 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
10272 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
10275 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10276 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
10277 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
10278 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
10280 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10281 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10283 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
10285 x_uncatch_errors ();
10291 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
10293 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
10295 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
10299 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
10300 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
10301 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
10302 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
10305 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
10306 if (found_size
== size
)
10307 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
10308 else if (found_size
> 0)
10310 if (NILP (second_best
))
10312 else if (found_size
< size
)
10314 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
10315 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
10320 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
10321 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
10326 if (!NILP (newlist
))
10328 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
10330 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
10341 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10345 x_check_font (f
, font
)
10350 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10352 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
10354 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10355 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10356 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
10359 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
10362 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10364 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10365 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10366 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10367 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10368 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10371 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
10375 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10376 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10378 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
10379 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
10380 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
10382 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10386 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10387 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10388 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10389 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10390 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10393 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
10397 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10399 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
10400 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
10402 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
10403 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
10405 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10406 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10408 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10411 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
10412 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
10413 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
10415 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
10416 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
10419 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
10420 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
10422 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
10423 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
10424 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
10428 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
10429 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
10430 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
10431 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
10434 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
10436 register char *fontname
;
10439 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10440 Lisp_Object font_names
;
10442 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
10443 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
10444 we already have by comparing names. */
10445 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
10447 if (!NILP (font_names
))
10452 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10453 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10454 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10455 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
10456 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
10457 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
10458 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
10459 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10462 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
10466 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10467 unsigned long value
;
10470 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
10471 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
10472 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
10473 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
10474 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
10475 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
10476 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
10479 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10480 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
10481 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10483 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
10484 server. Let's just ignore it. */
10486 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10488 x_uncatch_errors ();
10493 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
10494 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10495 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
10498 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
10499 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
10500 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
10503 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
10504 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
10505 dpyinfo
->font_table
10506 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
10509 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10510 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
10511 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
10513 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
10515 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
10516 fontp
->font
= font
;
10517 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
10518 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
10519 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10520 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
10522 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
10524 /* Fixed width font. */
10525 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
10532 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
10533 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
10535 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
10537 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10539 fontp
->average_width
10540 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
10541 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
10542 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
10543 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
10544 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
10548 int width
= pcm
->width
;
10549 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
10550 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
10551 width
+= pcm
->width
;
10552 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
10555 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10559 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
10561 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
10563 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
10567 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
10568 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
10570 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
10581 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
10582 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
10588 if (full_name
!= 0)
10589 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
10591 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
10593 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10594 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10596 if (NILP (font_names
))
10598 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
10599 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
10600 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
10601 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
10602 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
10603 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
10606 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10608 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10609 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10611 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10614 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
10616 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10618 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10619 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10621 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10625 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10626 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10627 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10628 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10629 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10630 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
10631 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10632 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10633 fontp
->encoding_type
10634 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10636 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10637 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10638 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10639 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10640 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10642 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10643 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10644 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10645 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10646 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10647 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10648 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10649 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10650 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10651 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10652 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10653 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10654 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10656 fontp
->baseline_offset
10657 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10658 ? (long) value
: 0);
10659 fontp
->relative_compose
10660 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10661 ? (long) value
: 0);
10662 fontp
->default_ascent
10663 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10664 ? (long) value
: 0);
10666 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10667 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10668 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10669 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10670 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10671 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10678 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10679 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10682 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10684 register char *fontname
;
10686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10689 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10690 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10691 && (!xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10692 || !xstricmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10693 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10698 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10699 `encoder' of the structure. */
10702 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10703 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10705 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10708 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10712 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10713 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10715 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10722 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10723 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10725 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10728 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10733 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10734 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10738 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10740 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10742 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10744 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10746 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10747 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10749 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10751 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10752 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10753 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10754 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10755 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10757 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10760 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10761 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10763 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10765 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10766 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10771 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10775 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10777 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10782 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10783 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10785 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10787 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10788 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10799 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10802 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10804 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10805 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10812 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10817 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10818 char_table_set_range
10819 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10820 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10822 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10823 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10825 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10826 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10827 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10832 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10835 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10840 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10842 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10847 char_table_set_range
10848 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10849 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10852 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10854 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10855 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10856 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10868 char_table_set_range
10869 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10870 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10873 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10875 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10876 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10877 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10888 /***********************************************************************
10890 ***********************************************************************/
10892 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10893 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10894 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10895 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10897 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10898 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10899 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10901 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10902 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10903 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10904 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10905 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10906 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10907 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10910 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
10912 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
10914 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10916 static int x_initialized
;
10919 static int x_session_initialized
;
10922 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10923 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10924 the screen number from the server number. */
10926 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10927 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10929 int seen_colon
= 0;
10930 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10931 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10932 int length_until_period
= 0;
10934 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10935 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10936 length_until_period
++;
10938 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10939 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10941 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10943 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10944 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10945 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10946 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10947 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10948 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10949 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10950 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10951 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10952 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10953 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10954 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10955 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10956 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10958 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10962 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10966 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10967 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10971 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10972 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10975 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10976 unsigned long mask
;
10983 while (!(mask
& 1))
10999 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
11000 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11003 x_display_ok (display
)
11004 const char *display
;
11009 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11011 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11017 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11018 the structure that describes the open display.
11019 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11021 struct x_display_info
*
11022 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
11023 Lisp_Object display_name
;
11025 char *resource_name
;
11029 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11030 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11035 if (!x_initialized
)
11041 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
11042 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
11046 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11048 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11049 char **argv2
= argv
;
11052 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
11053 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
11054 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
11057 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11059 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
11060 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
11061 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
11062 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
11063 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
11065 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
11069 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11073 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11075 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11077 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
11078 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
11081 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
11082 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11084 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11086 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11088 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
11092 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
11094 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
11095 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11097 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11099 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11100 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11102 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
11103 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11105 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11106 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
11109 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11110 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11113 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11114 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11115 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11117 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11118 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11119 So let's not use it until R6. */
11120 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11121 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11132 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11133 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11135 turn_on_atimers (0);
11136 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
11137 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11138 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11140 turn_on_atimers (1);
11142 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11143 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11148 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11149 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11150 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
11151 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11152 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11154 /* Detect failure. */
11161 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11163 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
11164 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11166 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11168 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
11170 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11173 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
11174 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
11175 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
11176 SDATA (display_name
)))
11179 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11182 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
11183 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
11184 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
11185 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11187 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11189 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
11190 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11191 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
11195 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
11196 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
11197 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11198 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11199 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11200 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11201 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11203 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11207 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11208 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11209 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11211 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
11212 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
11213 x_display_name_list
);
11214 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
11216 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11218 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11219 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
11220 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
11221 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
11224 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11228 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11229 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
11231 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
11232 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
11234 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11235 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11237 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11239 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11240 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11241 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11243 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11244 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11246 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11247 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11248 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11249 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11251 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11253 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11255 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11257 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11258 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11259 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11260 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11261 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11262 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11263 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11264 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
11265 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
11266 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
11267 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11268 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
11269 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
11270 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
11271 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
11272 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
11273 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
11274 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
11275 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
11276 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
11277 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
11278 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
11279 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
11280 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
11281 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
11282 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
11283 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
11284 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
11285 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11286 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11287 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11288 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
11289 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11291 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11292 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
11293 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
11295 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11297 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11298 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11299 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11300 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11301 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11302 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11305 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11306 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11308 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11311 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11312 build_string ("privateColormap"),
11313 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
11315 if (STRINGP (value
)
11316 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11317 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11318 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11322 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11323 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11326 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11327 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11328 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11329 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11330 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11331 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11332 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11333 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11334 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11337 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
11338 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
11339 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
11340 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
11341 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
11342 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
11343 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
11344 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
11345 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
11346 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
11347 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
11348 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
11349 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
11350 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
11351 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
11352 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
11353 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
11354 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
11355 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
11356 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
11357 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
11358 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
11359 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
11360 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
11361 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
11362 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
11363 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
11364 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
11365 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
11366 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
11367 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
11368 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
11369 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
11370 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
11371 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
11372 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
11373 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
11374 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
11375 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
11376 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
11377 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
11378 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
11379 /* For properties of font. */
11380 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
11381 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
11382 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
11383 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
11384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
11385 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
11386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
11387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
11388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
11389 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
11391 /* Ghostscript support. */
11392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
11393 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
11395 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
11398 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
11400 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
11401 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
11402 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
11403 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
11405 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
11406 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
11407 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
11409 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11410 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
11415 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
11417 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
11418 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11419 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
11424 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
11425 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
11427 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11429 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
11430 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
11434 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
11437 #ifdef subprocesses
11438 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
11439 if (connection
!= 0)
11440 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
11443 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
11445 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
11446 /* stdin is a socket here */
11447 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
11448 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11449 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
11450 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11451 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11452 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
11455 if (interrupt_input
)
11456 init_sigio (connection
);
11457 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11461 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11462 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
11465 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
11466 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
11467 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
11468 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
11469 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
11470 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
11471 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11472 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
11474 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
11475 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
11476 x_uncatch_errors ();
11480 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
11481 for debugging X code. */
11484 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11485 build_string ("synchronous"),
11486 build_string ("Synchronous"),
11488 if (STRINGP (value
)
11489 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
11490 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
11491 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
11496 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
11497 build_string ("useXIM"),
11498 build_string ("UseXIM"),
11501 if (STRINGP (value
)
11502 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
11503 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
11506 if (STRINGP (value
)
11507 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
11508 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
11514 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
11515 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
11517 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
11518 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
11526 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
11527 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
11530 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
11531 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11534 struct terminal
*t
;
11536 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
11538 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
11539 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
11542 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
11543 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
11546 delete_terminal (t
);
11550 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
11552 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
11553 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11554 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
11555 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11556 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
11561 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
11562 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
11564 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
11566 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
11569 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
11573 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
11574 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11576 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
11577 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
11580 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
11582 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
11583 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
11584 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
11587 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
11588 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
11589 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
11594 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
11597 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
11598 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
11599 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
11601 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
11602 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
11603 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
11606 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
11608 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
11609 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
11610 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
11612 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
11613 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
11614 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
11615 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
11619 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11621 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
11622 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
11623 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
11624 that slows us down. */
11627 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
11628 struct atimer
*timer
;
11631 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
11632 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
11634 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
11635 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
11636 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
11637 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
11642 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11643 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
11644 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
11645 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
11646 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
11647 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
11648 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
11651 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
11654 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
11656 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11658 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11659 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11660 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
11665 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11668 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
11670 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
11672 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
11674 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
11678 x_clear_end_of_line
,
11680 x_after_update_window_line
,
11681 x_update_window_begin
,
11682 x_update_window_end
,
11688 0, /* flush_display_optional */
11690 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
11691 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
11692 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
11693 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
11694 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
11695 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
11698 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
11699 x_draw_glyph_string
,
11700 x_define_frame_cursor
,
11701 x_clear_frame_area
,
11702 x_draw_window_cursor
,
11703 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
11704 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
11708 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
11710 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
11712 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
11715 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
11716 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
11717 if (!terminal
->name
)
11721 /* Free the fonts in the font table. */
11722 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
11723 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
11725 XFreeFont (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
);
11728 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
11729 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
11732 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
11734 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11735 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11737 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
11739 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
11741 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
11745 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
11746 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
11748 static struct terminal
*
11749 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11751 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11753 terminal
= create_terminal ();
11755 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
11756 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
11757 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
11759 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
11761 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
11762 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
11763 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
11764 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
11765 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
11766 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
11767 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
11768 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
11769 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
11770 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
11771 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
11772 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
11773 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
11774 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
11775 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
11776 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
11777 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
11778 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
11779 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
11781 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
11782 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
11784 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
11785 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
11786 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
11787 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
11788 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
11789 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
11801 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11802 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11803 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11805 x_session_initialized
= 0;
11809 current_count
= -1;
11812 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11813 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
11815 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11816 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11818 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11820 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11821 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11822 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11823 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11824 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11825 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11826 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11828 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11831 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11833 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11834 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11838 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11839 original error handler. */
11840 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11841 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11843 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11844 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
11846 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11847 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11850 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11857 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11859 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11860 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11862 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11863 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11865 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11866 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11868 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11869 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11871 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11872 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11874 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11875 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11876 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11877 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11878 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11879 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11880 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11882 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
11883 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
11884 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
11885 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
11886 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
11887 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
11888 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
11890 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11891 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11892 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11893 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11894 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11895 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11896 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11897 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11898 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11900 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11901 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11902 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11903 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11904 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11906 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11907 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11908 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11910 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11912 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11915 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11918 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11919 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11921 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11922 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11923 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11924 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11925 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11926 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11927 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11928 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11929 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11931 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11932 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11933 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11934 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11935 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11936 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11938 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11939 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11940 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11941 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11942 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11943 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11945 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11946 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11947 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11948 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11949 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11950 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11952 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11953 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11954 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11955 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11956 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11957 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11959 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11960 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11961 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11962 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11963 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11967 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11969 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11970 (do not change this comment) */